1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 01, 02, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
134 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
136 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
139 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
141 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
142 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
143 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
144 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
148 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
149 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
150 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
155 #ifndef XtNinitialState
156 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
160 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
162 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
166 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
171 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
173 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
175 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
178 static int any_help_event_p
;
180 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
181 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
183 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
185 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
187 /* Generic display parameters for X displays. */
189 struct display_method x_display_method
;
191 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
194 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
196 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
197 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
198 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
199 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
201 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
203 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
204 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
205 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
206 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
208 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
210 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
212 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
215 /* The application context for Xt use. */
216 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
217 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
218 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
220 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
222 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
226 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
227 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
228 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
229 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
231 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
233 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
234 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
235 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
236 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
237 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
238 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
239 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
240 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
241 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
244 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
246 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
247 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
249 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
251 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
252 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
255 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
256 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
259 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
261 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
262 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
263 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
264 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
265 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
266 it's somewhat accurate. */
268 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
270 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
274 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
276 static int input_signal_count
;
279 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
281 static int x_noop_count
;
283 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
285 extern char **initial_argv
;
286 extern int initial_argc
;
288 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
290 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
292 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
294 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
298 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
300 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
302 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
304 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
305 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
306 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
308 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
309 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
311 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
312 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
314 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
315 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
316 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
317 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
318 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
319 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
321 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
322 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
323 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
324 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
325 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
326 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
327 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
328 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
329 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
330 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
331 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
332 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
333 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
334 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
335 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
336 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
337 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
338 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
339 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
340 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
343 static int x_focus_changed
P_ ((int,
345 struct x_display_info
*,
347 struct input_event
*,
349 static int x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
351 struct input_event
*,
353 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
354 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
355 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
356 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
357 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
359 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, GC
));
360 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
361 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
362 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
363 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
364 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
365 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
366 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
367 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
369 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
373 struct input_event
**,
378 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
387 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
388 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
389 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
390 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
392 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
393 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
398 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
399 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
400 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
401 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
402 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
405 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
408 /***********************************************************************
410 ***********************************************************************/
414 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
415 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
423 struct record event_record
[100];
425 int event_record_index
;
427 record_event (locus
, type
)
431 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
432 event_record_index
= 0;
434 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
435 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
436 event_record_index
++;
443 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
445 struct x_display_info
*
446 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
449 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
451 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
452 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
460 /***********************************************************************
461 Starting and ending an update
462 ***********************************************************************/
464 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
465 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
466 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
467 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
468 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
477 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
478 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
482 x_update_window_begin (w
)
485 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
486 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
489 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
493 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
495 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
496 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
498 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
500 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
501 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
503 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
504 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
505 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
506 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
507 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
508 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
510 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
511 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
512 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
513 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
514 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
515 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
516 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
520 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
521 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
524 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
525 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
534 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
537 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
541 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
543 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
544 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
547 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
549 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
550 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
552 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
553 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
554 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
556 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
557 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
561 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
563 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
565 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
567 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
572 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
574 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
576 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
580 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
581 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
582 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
584 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
585 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
589 updated_window
= NULL
;
593 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
600 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
601 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
605 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
611 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
612 complete update has been performed. The global variable
613 updated_window is not available here. */
616 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
621 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
623 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
624 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
627 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
628 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
629 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
630 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
638 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
639 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
640 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
641 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
642 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
643 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
646 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
647 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
649 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
655 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
658 draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
662 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
663 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
664 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
665 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
666 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
667 overhead is very small. */
668 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
669 && desired_row
->full_width_p
670 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
671 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
673 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
676 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
678 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
679 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
680 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
686 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
687 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
688 y
, width
, height
, False
);
694 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
696 struct glyph_row
*row
;
697 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
699 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
700 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
701 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
702 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
703 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
705 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
706 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
710 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
711 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
712 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
713 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
715 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
717 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
719 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
720 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
723 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
726 if (p
->which
!= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
)
728 unsigned char *bits
= fringe_bitmaps
[p
->which
].bits
+ p
->dh
;
730 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
732 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
734 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
736 face
->background
, depth
);
737 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
738 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
739 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
742 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
747 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
748 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
749 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
753 XTset_terminal_modes ()
757 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
758 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
761 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
767 /***********************************************************************
769 ***********************************************************************/
771 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
773 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
776 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
777 is not contained in the font. */
780 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
783 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
785 /* The result metric information. */
786 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
788 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
790 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
792 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
794 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
795 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
796 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
797 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
798 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
799 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
800 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
801 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
802 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
803 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
807 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
808 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
809 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
810 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
812 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
813 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
817 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
819 \ = integer modulus */
820 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
821 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
822 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
823 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
825 pcm
= (font
->per_char
826 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
827 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
828 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
834 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
835 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
836 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
837 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
838 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
839 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
843 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
848 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
849 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
852 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
855 struct font_info
*font_info
;
858 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
859 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
861 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
862 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
864 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
866 /* It's a program. */
867 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
869 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
871 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
872 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
877 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
878 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
879 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
882 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
884 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
886 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
887 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
889 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
891 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
893 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
895 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
897 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
898 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
899 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
901 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
902 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
906 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
908 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
913 /***********************************************************************
915 ***********************************************************************/
919 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
920 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
921 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
923 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
924 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
925 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
926 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
927 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
928 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
929 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
930 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
931 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
932 unsigned long *, double, int));
933 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
934 double, int, unsigned long));
935 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
936 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
937 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
938 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
939 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
940 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
942 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
943 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
944 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
945 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
948 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
952 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
957 struct glyph_string
*s
;
959 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
960 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
961 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
963 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
966 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
970 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
971 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
973 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
974 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
975 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
976 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
977 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
978 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
979 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
981 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
982 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
983 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
985 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
986 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
989 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
990 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
991 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
992 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
994 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
995 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
998 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
999 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1001 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1006 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1009 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1010 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1015 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1016 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1017 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1019 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1021 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1022 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1024 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1025 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1026 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1028 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1029 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1030 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1033 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1038 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1039 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1040 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1041 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1042 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1043 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1045 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1046 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1049 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1050 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1052 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1055 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1059 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1060 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1061 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1064 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1065 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1067 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1071 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1072 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1076 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1077 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1079 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1081 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1083 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1084 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1086 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1088 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1089 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1091 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1093 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1096 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1098 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1099 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1101 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1102 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1104 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1105 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1109 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1110 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1113 /* GC must have been set. */
1114 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1118 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1119 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1122 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1123 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1126 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1127 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1132 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1133 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1136 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1137 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1140 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1143 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1144 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1145 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1146 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1147 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1152 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1155 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1156 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1160 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1161 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1162 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1163 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1167 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1168 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1169 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1170 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1171 contains the first component of a composition. */
1174 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1175 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1178 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1179 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1180 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1182 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1186 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1187 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1188 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1189 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1190 s
->background_width
,
1191 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1192 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1193 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1195 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1196 || s
->font_not_found_p
1197 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1200 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1201 s
->background_width
,
1202 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1203 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1209 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1212 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1213 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1217 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1218 of S to the right of that box line. */
1219 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1220 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1221 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1225 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1227 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1229 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1231 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1232 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1233 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1235 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1240 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1241 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1243 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1244 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1246 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1248 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1249 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1251 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1252 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1253 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1254 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1255 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1256 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1257 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1259 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1261 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1262 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1264 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1265 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1270 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1271 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1273 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1274 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1277 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1279 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1280 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1282 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1283 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1285 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1286 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1291 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1294 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1295 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1299 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1300 of S to the right of that box line. */
1301 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1302 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1303 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1307 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1308 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1309 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1310 this composition. */
1312 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1313 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1314 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1317 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1318 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1322 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1324 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1325 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1326 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1328 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1329 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1330 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1331 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1338 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1340 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1341 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1342 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1343 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1344 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1347 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1348 cannot be determined. */
1350 static struct frame
*
1351 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1354 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1358 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1360 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1361 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1362 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1363 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1364 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1365 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1367 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1368 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1369 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1370 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1371 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1373 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1374 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1375 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1382 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1383 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1384 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1385 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1388 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1393 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1394 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1398 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1399 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1400 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1401 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1402 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1403 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1406 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1410 unsigned long *pixel
;
1414 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1415 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1419 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1420 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1422 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1424 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1426 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1431 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1432 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1434 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1437 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1439 DPY is the display we are working on.
1441 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1442 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1443 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1444 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1446 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1447 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1449 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1450 we allocated the color or not.
1452 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1455 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1459 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1460 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1470 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1471 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1473 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1477 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1478 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1479 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1481 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1483 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1484 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1486 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1488 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1489 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1491 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1492 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1494 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1495 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1500 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1502 params
[0] = color_name
;
1503 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1504 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1505 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1510 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1512 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1514 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1518 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1522 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1523 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1526 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1531 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1532 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1533 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1535 APP is the application context in which we work.
1537 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1538 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1539 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1541 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1544 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1553 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1555 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1558 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1560 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1561 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1562 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1563 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1564 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1569 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1572 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1573 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1574 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1575 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1577 static const XColor
*
1578 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1582 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1584 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1586 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1589 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1590 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1591 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1592 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1593 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1595 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1596 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1598 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1599 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1602 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1603 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1607 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1608 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1611 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1616 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1618 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1621 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1623 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1624 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1625 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1626 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1630 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1634 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1635 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1638 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1642 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1646 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1647 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1648 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1652 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1659 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1662 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1663 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1664 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1665 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1667 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1669 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1671 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1673 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1674 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1675 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1676 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1678 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1681 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1685 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1686 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1687 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1688 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1692 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1693 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1694 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1695 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1696 XColor
*cached_color
;
1698 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1699 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1700 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1701 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1702 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1704 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1705 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1706 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1710 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1712 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1713 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1719 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1720 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1721 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1725 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1730 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1731 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1735 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1736 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1737 get color reference counts right. */
1740 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1742 unsigned long pixel
;
1746 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1748 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1749 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1751 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1752 register_color (pixel
);
1758 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1759 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1760 get color reference counts right. */
1763 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1766 unsigned long pixel
;
1770 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1772 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1773 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1775 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1776 register_color (pixel
);
1782 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1785 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1786 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1787 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1788 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1789 use an additional additive factor.
1791 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1792 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1793 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1796 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1797 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1798 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1799 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1800 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1801 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1804 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1808 unsigned long *pixel
;
1816 /* Get RGB color values. */
1817 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1818 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1820 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1821 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1822 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1823 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1824 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1826 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1827 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1829 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1830 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1831 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1832 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1833 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1835 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1836 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1837 /* The additive adjustment. */
1838 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1842 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1843 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1844 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1848 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1849 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1850 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1854 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1855 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1858 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1860 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1861 delta to the RGB values. */
1862 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1864 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1865 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1866 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1867 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1878 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1879 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1880 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1881 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1882 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1883 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1886 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1888 struct relief
*relief
;
1891 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1894 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1895 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1896 unsigned long pixel
;
1897 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1898 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1899 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1900 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1902 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1903 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1905 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1906 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1907 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1909 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1911 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1912 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1915 /* Allocate new color. */
1916 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1918 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1919 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1921 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1922 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1925 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1927 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1929 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1932 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1936 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1939 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1940 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1942 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1943 unsigned long color
;
1945 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1946 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1947 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1949 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1950 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1955 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1956 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1957 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1960 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1961 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1963 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1964 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1965 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1966 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1967 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1972 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1973 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1974 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1975 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1976 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1977 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1981 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
1982 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
1984 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
1985 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
1987 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1988 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1993 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1995 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1996 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1999 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2000 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2001 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2002 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2006 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2007 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2008 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2010 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2012 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2014 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2015 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2018 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2019 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2020 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2021 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2025 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2026 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2027 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2029 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2033 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2034 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2035 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2036 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2037 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2038 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2041 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2042 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2043 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2044 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2045 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2049 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2050 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2051 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2054 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2055 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2059 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2060 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2063 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2064 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2068 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2069 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2071 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2072 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2076 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2079 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2080 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2082 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2083 int left_p
, right_p
;
2084 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2085 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2087 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2088 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2089 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2091 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2092 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2093 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2094 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2097 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2098 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2100 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2102 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2103 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2105 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2107 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2109 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2111 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2112 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2114 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2115 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2116 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2118 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2120 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2122 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2123 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2124 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2127 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2128 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2129 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2134 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2137 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2138 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2141 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2143 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2144 right of that line. */
2145 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2146 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2147 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2151 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2153 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2154 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2160 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2161 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2162 trust on the shape extension to be available
2163 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2165 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2168 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2170 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2171 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2172 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2173 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2174 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2176 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2179 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2180 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2181 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2182 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2183 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2187 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2189 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2192 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2193 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2194 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2195 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2196 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2198 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2199 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2200 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2201 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2202 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2203 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2204 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2206 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2208 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2209 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2214 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2215 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2216 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2220 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2223 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2224 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2226 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2229 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2231 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2232 right of that line. */
2233 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2234 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2235 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2239 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2241 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2242 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2244 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2245 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2247 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2248 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2252 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2253 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2258 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
2259 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
2261 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2262 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2263 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
2267 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2270 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2271 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2275 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2277 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2278 right of that line. */
2279 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2280 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2281 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2288 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2294 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2295 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2296 trust on the shape extension to be available
2297 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2299 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2303 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2304 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2305 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2306 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2307 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2309 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2310 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2311 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2315 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2316 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2318 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2319 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2320 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2321 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2322 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2323 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2324 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2326 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2328 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2329 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2334 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2335 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2336 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2340 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2341 give the rectangle to draw. */
2344 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2345 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2350 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2351 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2352 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2353 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2356 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2360 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2363 s->x +-------------------------
2366 | +-------------------------
2369 | | +-------------------
2375 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2376 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2379 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2380 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2382 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2384 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
2387 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2388 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2390 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2391 if (height
> s
->img
->height
2395 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2396 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2398 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2399 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
2403 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
2407 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2408 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2409 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2410 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2411 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2413 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2414 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2415 s
->background_width
,
2418 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2420 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2422 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2425 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2426 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2427 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2428 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2429 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2434 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2436 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2437 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2438 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2439 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2443 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2445 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2448 /* Draw the foreground. */
2451 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2452 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2453 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2454 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2455 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2458 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2460 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2462 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2463 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2464 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2468 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2471 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2472 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2474 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2475 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2477 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2478 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2480 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2481 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2482 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2485 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2487 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2488 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2490 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2491 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2495 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2496 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2498 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2504 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2505 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2507 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2509 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2510 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2511 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2512 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2517 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2518 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2519 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2520 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2524 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2525 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2528 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2532 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2535 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2536 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2538 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2540 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2541 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2542 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2543 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2545 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2546 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2547 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2548 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2551 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2552 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2554 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2555 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2556 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2557 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2558 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2559 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2562 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2563 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2564 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2565 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2569 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2571 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2574 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2578 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2582 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2583 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2585 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2586 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2589 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2590 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2591 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2593 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2594 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2601 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2603 /* Draw underline. */
2604 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2606 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2609 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2610 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2613 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2614 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2615 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2616 specs, and its default is
2618 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2619 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2621 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2622 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2623 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2624 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2625 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2627 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2629 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2630 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2631 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2635 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2636 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2637 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2638 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2639 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2643 /* Draw overline. */
2644 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2646 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2648 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2649 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2654 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2655 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2656 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2658 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2662 /* Draw strike-through. */
2663 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2665 unsigned long h
= 1;
2666 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2668 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2669 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2674 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2675 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2676 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2678 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2682 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2683 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2684 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2687 /* Reset clipping. */
2688 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2691 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2694 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2696 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2698 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2699 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2700 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2704 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2715 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2716 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2719 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2726 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2727 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2731 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2732 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2742 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2744 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2746 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2747 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2748 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2750 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2751 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2753 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2755 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2756 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2757 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2759 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2762 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2770 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2772 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2773 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2775 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2778 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2779 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2782 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2783 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2785 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2786 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2787 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2789 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2790 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2794 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2796 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2797 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2801 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2803 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2804 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2806 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2808 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2820 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2821 pixels into background pixels. */
2825 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2826 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2827 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2829 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2830 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2834 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2835 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2836 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2837 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2838 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2839 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2840 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2844 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2845 edge it is next to. */
2846 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2848 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2849 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2852 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2853 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2860 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2862 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2863 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2865 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2867 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2868 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2869 width
, flash_height
);
2870 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2872 (height
- flash_height
2873 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2874 width
, flash_height
);
2877 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2878 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2879 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2880 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2885 struct timeval wakeup
;
2887 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2889 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2890 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2891 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2892 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2894 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2896 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2898 struct timeval current
;
2899 struct timeval timeout
;
2901 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2903 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2904 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2907 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2909 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2911 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2912 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2916 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2917 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2919 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2921 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2922 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2923 width
, flash_height
);
2924 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2926 (height
- flash_height
2927 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2928 width
, flash_height
);
2931 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2932 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2933 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2934 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2936 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2944 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
2947 /* Make audible bell. */
2952 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2954 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
2956 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2963 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
2964 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2971 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
2972 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
2973 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
2974 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
2977 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
2980 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
2985 /***********************************************************************
2987 ***********************************************************************/
2989 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
2990 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
2993 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3000 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3003 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3007 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3008 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3010 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3011 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3013 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3015 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3016 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3017 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3021 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3022 line at the bottom. */
3023 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3024 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3026 height
= run
->height
;
3030 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3032 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3033 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3035 height
= run
->height
;
3040 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3044 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3045 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3046 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3056 /***********************************************************************
3058 ***********************************************************************/
3065 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3066 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3067 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3068 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3070 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3071 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3073 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3077 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3080 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3081 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3082 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3083 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3085 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3086 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3088 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3091 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3092 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3093 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3094 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3095 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3098 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3099 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3100 struct frame
*frame
;
3102 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3104 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3106 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3107 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3108 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3110 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3111 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3114 selected_frame
= frame
;
3115 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3117 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3118 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3121 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3122 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3124 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3127 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3130 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3131 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3132 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into BUFP.
3133 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
3136 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
, numchars
)
3139 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3140 struct frame
*frame
;
3141 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3146 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3148 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3150 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3151 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3153 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3154 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3156 && GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3157 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3158 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3160 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3161 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3169 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3172 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3173 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3176 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3178 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3180 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3182 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3183 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3187 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3188 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3195 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3196 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3198 Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */
3201 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
, numchars
)
3202 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3204 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3207 struct frame
*frame
;
3210 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3211 if (! frame
) return nr_events
;
3213 switch (event
->type
)
3218 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3220 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3222 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3223 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3224 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3225 nr_events
= x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
3226 ? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3237 nr_events
= x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3238 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
3239 ? FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3251 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3254 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3255 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3257 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3260 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3261 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3262 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3264 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3265 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3266 the appropriate X display info. */
3269 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3270 struct frame
*frame
;
3272 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3276 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3277 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3279 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3281 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3283 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3284 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3285 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3286 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3287 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3289 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3290 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3294 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3296 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3299 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3300 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3301 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3307 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3309 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3311 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3312 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3314 int min_code
, max_code
;
3317 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3319 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3320 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3321 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3322 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3323 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3326 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3328 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3329 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3332 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3333 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3335 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3337 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3338 Alt keysyms are on. */
3340 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3342 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3343 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3346 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3348 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3352 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3356 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3358 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3364 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3369 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3374 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3379 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3383 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3384 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
3385 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3393 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3394 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3396 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3397 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3400 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3401 make them just meta, not alt. */
3402 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3404 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3407 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3408 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3411 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3415 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3416 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3419 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3420 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3421 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3422 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3425 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3426 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3427 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3428 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3429 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3430 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3431 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3432 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3435 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3436 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3437 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3438 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3439 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3440 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3444 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3445 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3448 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3449 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3450 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3451 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3455 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3456 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3457 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3458 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3459 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3460 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3461 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3462 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3465 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3466 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3467 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3468 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3469 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3470 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3473 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3476 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3482 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3490 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3492 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3494 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3498 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3499 struct input_event
*result
;
3500 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3503 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3505 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3506 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3507 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3508 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3510 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3514 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3515 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3516 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3522 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3523 The input handler calls this.
3525 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3526 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3527 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3528 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3530 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3531 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3534 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3536 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3538 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3539 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3540 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3542 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3544 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3545 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3546 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3549 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3550 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3551 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3552 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3553 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3555 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3556 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3557 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3562 /************************************************************************
3564 ************************************************************************/
3567 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3569 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3570 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3571 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3572 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3573 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3577 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3580 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3581 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3582 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3586 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3594 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3597 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3598 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3599 struct glyph_row
*end
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3601 for (; !found
&& r
< end
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3604 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3605 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3608 for (gx
= r
->x
; !found
&& g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
3611 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3612 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3613 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3614 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3624 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3625 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3627 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3628 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3629 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3630 position on the scroll bar.
3632 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3633 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3636 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3637 was at this position.
3639 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3641 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3645 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3648 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3649 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3651 unsigned long *time
;
3657 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3658 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3664 Window dummy_window
;
3667 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3669 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3670 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3671 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3672 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3673 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3675 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3677 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3678 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3679 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3681 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3684 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3685 a different screen. */
3688 /* The position on that root window. */
3691 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3694 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3696 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3698 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3699 containing the pointer. */
3703 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3708 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3709 structure is changing at the same time this function
3710 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3712 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3714 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3715 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3717 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3718 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3719 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3721 /* From-window, to-window. */
3722 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3724 /* From-position, to-position. */
3725 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3729 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3735 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3737 /* From-window, to-window. */
3740 /* From-position, to-position. */
3741 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3746 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3754 /* Now we know that:
3755 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3756 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3757 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3758 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3759 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3760 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3761 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3762 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3763 never use them in that case.) */
3765 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3766 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3768 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3769 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3772 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3773 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3775 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3778 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3781 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3783 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3786 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3788 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3792 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3798 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3799 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3803 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3804 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3805 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3806 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3807 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3808 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3809 the frame are divided into. */
3811 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3814 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3815 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3818 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3819 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3823 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3824 round down even for negative values. */
3829 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3830 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3832 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3833 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3834 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3835 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3841 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3842 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3843 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3853 /***********************************************************************
3855 ***********************************************************************/
3857 /* Scroll bar support. */
3859 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3861 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3864 static struct scroll_bar
*
3865 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3872 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3873 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3875 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3876 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3879 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3881 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3882 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3883 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3886 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3889 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3891 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3892 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3893 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3894 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3895 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3898 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3899 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3900 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3901 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3908 #if defined USE_LUCID
3910 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3911 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3914 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3919 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3920 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3923 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3925 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3926 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3928 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3936 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3939 /************************************************************************
3941 ************************************************************************/
3943 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3945 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3946 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3947 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3948 struct scroll_bar
*));
3949 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3953 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3954 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3956 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3958 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3960 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3962 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3963 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3966 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3968 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3970 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3972 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3973 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3974 to avoid jerkyness. */
3976 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3978 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
3980 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3981 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3982 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3983 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3986 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3989 XtPointer client_data
;
3993 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3999 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4000 end_action
= "Release";
4001 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4002 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4003 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4004 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4007 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4008 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4012 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4013 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4014 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4016 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4018 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4019 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4020 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4022 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4023 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4025 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4026 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4029 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4031 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4032 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4034 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4035 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4038 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4039 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4040 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4041 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4044 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4046 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4049 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4050 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4051 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4056 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4057 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4058 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4059 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4060 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4063 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4064 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4065 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4066 into that array in the event. */
4067 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4068 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4071 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4073 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4074 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4075 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4077 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4079 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4080 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4083 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4084 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4085 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4086 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4087 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4088 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4090 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4091 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4093 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4094 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4095 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4096 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4101 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4105 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4107 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4109 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4114 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4115 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4117 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4118 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4120 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4121 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4124 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4126 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4128 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4129 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4130 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4131 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4132 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4138 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4140 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4143 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4144 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4145 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4148 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4150 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4152 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4153 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4154 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4158 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4159 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4160 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4163 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4164 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4165 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4168 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4169 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4170 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4173 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4174 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4175 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4179 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4180 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4183 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4184 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4185 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4192 /* Get the slider size. */
4194 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4197 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4198 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4199 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4200 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4204 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4210 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4211 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4212 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4217 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4219 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4220 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4223 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4227 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4233 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4234 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4236 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4238 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4240 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4243 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4245 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4251 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4253 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4255 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4256 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4258 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4260 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4261 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4263 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4265 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4266 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4268 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4270 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4271 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4275 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4276 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4277 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4278 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4283 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4284 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4285 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4289 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4291 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4292 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4293 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4297 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4299 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4301 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4302 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4304 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4307 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4309 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4313 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4315 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4316 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4317 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4318 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4319 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4321 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4323 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4325 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4326 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4327 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4328 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4332 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4333 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4334 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4335 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4336 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4337 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4338 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4341 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4343 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4345 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4346 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4347 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4351 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4353 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4356 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4357 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4359 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4360 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4361 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4362 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4364 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4366 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4367 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4368 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4369 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4372 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4373 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4375 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4377 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4378 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4382 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4384 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4386 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4389 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4394 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4397 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4399 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4405 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4406 unsigned long pixel
;
4411 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4412 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4413 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4414 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4415 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4416 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4417 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4418 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4420 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4423 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4427 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4430 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4434 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4435 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4437 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4438 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4440 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4442 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4444 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4446 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4448 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4450 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4453 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4454 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4456 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4457 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4458 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4459 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4461 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4463 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4464 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4465 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4466 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4467 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4468 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4469 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4470 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4472 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4475 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4479 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4482 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4486 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4488 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4489 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4491 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4492 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4493 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4495 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4497 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4499 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4500 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4501 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4503 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4506 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4507 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4508 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4509 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4510 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4512 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4516 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4517 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4518 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4520 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4522 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4525 /* Specify the colors. */
4526 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4529 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4532 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4535 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4540 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4541 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4545 char *val
= initial
;
4546 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4547 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4549 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4550 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4551 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4552 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4556 /* Define callbacks. */
4557 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4558 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4561 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4562 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4564 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4566 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4567 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4568 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4569 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4571 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4572 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4573 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4574 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4578 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4581 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4582 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4586 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4587 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4588 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4590 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4593 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4595 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4596 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4597 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4599 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4600 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4607 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4608 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4609 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4610 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4611 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4612 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4613 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4614 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4615 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4616 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4617 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4618 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4619 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4620 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4627 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4628 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4631 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4635 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4636 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4638 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4639 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4640 size
= max (size
, 1);
4642 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4643 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4644 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4646 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4648 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4654 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4655 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4659 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4661 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4662 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4663 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4667 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4668 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4669 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4672 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4673 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4675 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4676 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4677 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4678 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4680 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4681 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4685 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4686 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4688 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4689 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4691 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4692 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4693 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4694 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4695 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4698 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4699 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4700 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4702 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4705 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4706 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4711 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4715 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4717 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4721 /************************************************************************
4722 Scroll bars, general
4723 ************************************************************************/
4725 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4726 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4727 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4730 static struct scroll_bar
*
4731 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4733 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4735 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4736 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4737 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4741 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4742 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4743 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4745 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4749 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4750 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4751 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4753 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4754 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4756 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4758 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4760 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4761 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4762 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4763 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4764 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4766 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4768 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4769 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4770 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4772 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4774 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4781 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4783 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4785 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4786 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4787 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4788 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4789 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4790 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4791 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4792 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4794 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4795 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4797 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4798 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4799 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4801 /* Map the window/widget. */
4802 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4805 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4806 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4808 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4809 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4813 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4814 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4815 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4816 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4817 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4819 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4820 max (height
, 1), 0);
4821 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4822 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4824 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4825 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4826 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4833 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4835 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4836 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4837 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4840 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4841 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4842 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4843 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4844 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4846 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4849 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4850 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4854 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4855 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4856 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4857 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4859 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4861 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4862 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4868 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4869 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4870 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4872 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4873 the distance between start and end. */
4875 int length
= end
- start
;
4879 else if (start
> top_range
)
4881 end
= start
+ length
;
4885 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4889 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4890 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4891 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4893 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4894 if (end
> top_range
)
4897 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4898 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4899 that many pixels tall. */
4900 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4902 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4903 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4905 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4906 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4907 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4908 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4909 inside_width
, start
,
4912 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4913 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4914 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4915 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4917 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4918 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4919 /* x, y, width, height */
4920 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4921 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4922 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4924 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4925 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4926 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4927 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4929 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4930 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4931 if (end
< inside_height
)
4932 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4933 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4934 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4935 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4936 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4944 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4946 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4950 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4951 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4953 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4956 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4958 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4959 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4960 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4961 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4963 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4966 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4967 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4973 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4974 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4975 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4979 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4981 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4983 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4984 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4985 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4986 int window_y
, window_height
;
4988 /* Get window dimensions. */
4989 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4991 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4992 height
= window_height
;
4994 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4995 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4997 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4998 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4999 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5000 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5004 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5005 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5006 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5007 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5009 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5011 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5012 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5017 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5018 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5020 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5023 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5024 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5028 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5032 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5033 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5035 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5039 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5041 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5043 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5045 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5048 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5052 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5053 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5055 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5056 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5060 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5062 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5063 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5064 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5065 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5066 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5067 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5069 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5070 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5072 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5073 max (height
, 1), 0);
5075 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5076 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5078 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5079 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5080 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5082 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5083 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5085 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5086 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5087 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5091 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5092 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5093 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5096 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5097 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5098 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5100 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5101 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5102 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5103 rest
, height
, False
);
5105 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5106 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5110 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5115 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5117 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5119 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5123 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5125 /* Remember new settings. */
5126 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5127 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5128 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5129 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5134 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5135 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5136 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5137 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5139 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5141 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5144 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5147 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5148 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5149 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5152 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5154 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5158 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5159 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5160 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5161 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5162 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5163 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5164 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5166 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5167 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5168 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5171 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5174 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5175 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5178 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5179 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5180 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5181 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5182 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5183 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5184 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5189 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5190 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5193 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5194 struct window
*window
;
5196 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5199 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5200 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5203 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5205 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5206 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5207 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5209 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5211 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5212 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5214 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5215 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5216 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5218 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5219 one or the other! */
5223 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5225 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5226 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5228 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5230 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5231 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5232 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5235 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5236 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5239 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5242 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5244 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5246 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5247 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5248 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5250 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5252 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5254 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5257 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5260 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5261 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5265 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5266 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5267 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5269 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5273 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5274 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5277 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5278 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5279 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5280 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5284 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5286 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5287 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5289 /* x, y, width, height */
5291 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5292 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5297 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5299 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5300 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5302 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5307 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5308 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5310 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5312 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5315 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5316 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5317 emacs_event
->modifiers
5318 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5319 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5320 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5321 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5324 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5325 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5326 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5329 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5331 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5334 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5335 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5338 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5340 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5341 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5342 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5343 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5345 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5347 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5348 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5349 whether or not we're dragging. */
5351 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5353 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5354 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5355 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5358 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5359 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5360 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5361 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5363 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5364 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5366 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5367 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5371 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5373 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5375 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5376 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5378 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5380 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5383 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5387 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5389 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5391 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5395 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5396 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5399 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5401 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5404 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5406 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5407 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5409 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5410 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5412 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5414 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5416 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5421 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5423 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5424 on the scroll bar. */
5427 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5429 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5430 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5432 unsigned long *time
;
5434 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5435 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5436 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5438 Window dummy_window
;
5440 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5444 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5446 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5448 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5449 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5450 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5452 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5455 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5462 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5465 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5467 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5469 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5470 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5474 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5478 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5480 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5481 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5482 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5483 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5484 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5485 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5487 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5489 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5490 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5493 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5496 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5502 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5503 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5504 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5508 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5511 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5514 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5515 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5516 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5517 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5518 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5519 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5520 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5521 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5523 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5527 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5529 struct selection_event_queue
5532 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5535 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5537 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5539 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5541 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5544 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5548 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5549 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5551 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5553 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5554 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5559 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5560 so that they get processed afresh. */
5563 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5566 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5568 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5569 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5570 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5571 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5575 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5578 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5581 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5584 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5587 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5590 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5591 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5594 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5597 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5598 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5599 sometimes don't work. */
5601 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5604 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5605 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5606 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5607 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5609 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5610 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5612 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5614 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5615 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5617 static int temp_index
;
5618 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5620 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5621 on a particular display. */
5623 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5625 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5626 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5627 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5628 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5630 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5632 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5635 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5636 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5637 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5638 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5639 if (numchars >= 1) \
5641 bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5642 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
5651 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5652 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5662 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5663 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5664 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5666 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5668 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5672 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5673 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5676 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5677 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5678 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5681 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5682 event
->xclient
.window
);
5684 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5689 static struct input_event
**current_bufp
;
5690 static int *current_numcharsp
;
5691 static int current_count
;
5692 static int current_finish
;
5694 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5695 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5696 so we have a chanse to act on the event before GTK. */
5697 static GdkFilterReturn
5698 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5703 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5705 if (current_numcharsp
)
5707 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5709 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5712 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5713 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5714 so we do it here. */
5715 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5716 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5717 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5721 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5723 current_count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
5730 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5732 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5733 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5735 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5737 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5740 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5742 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5743 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5744 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5746 Events representing keys are stored in buffer *BUFP_R,
5747 which can hold up to *NUMCHARSP characters.
5748 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5751 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, bufp_r
, numcharsp
, finish
)
5752 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5754 /* register */ struct input_event
**bufp_r
;
5755 /* register */ int *numcharsp
;
5761 struct coding_system coding
;
5762 struct input_event
*bufp
= *bufp_r
;
5763 int numchars
= *numcharsp
;
5764 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5766 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5772 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5773 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5774 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5776 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5777 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5779 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5780 could be the shell widget window
5781 if the frame has no title bar. */
5782 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5784 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5785 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5786 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5788 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5789 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5790 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5791 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5792 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5795 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5796 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5797 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5798 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5801 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5802 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5803 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5806 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5807 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5808 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5809 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5810 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5811 /* The ICCCM says this is
5812 the only valid choice. */
5814 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5815 /* This is needed to detect the error
5816 if there is an error. */
5818 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5820 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5823 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5824 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5826 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5827 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5828 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5829 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5830 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5831 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5832 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5833 session manager and one for this. */
5836 && ! x_session_have_connection ()
5840 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5841 event
.xclient
.window
);
5842 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5843 for a single Emacs process. */
5844 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5845 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5846 event
.xclient
.window
,
5847 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5849 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5850 event
.xclient
.window
,
5854 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5855 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5858 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5859 event
.xclient
.window
);
5866 bufp
->kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5867 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
5875 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5878 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5879 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5882 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5883 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5887 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5889 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5890 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5894 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5899 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5900 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5903 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5904 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5907 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5908 else if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5909 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5910 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5911 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5913 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5914 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5915 currently never do because we are interested in
5916 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5917 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5919 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5920 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5921 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5923 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5924 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5925 we construct an input_event. */
5926 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5927 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5929 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, bufp
);
5930 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
5933 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5939 case SelectionNotify
:
5940 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5941 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5943 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5944 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5947 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5948 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5949 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5951 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5953 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5958 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5959 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
5960 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
5961 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
5962 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5971 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5972 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5973 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5975 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5976 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
5977 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
5981 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5982 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5987 bufp
->kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5988 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
5989 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5990 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
5991 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp
) = eventp
->target
;
5992 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp
) = eventp
->property
;
5993 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
5994 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6003 case PropertyNotify
:
6004 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6005 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6006 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6007 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6008 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6012 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6015 case ReparentNotify
:
6016 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6020 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6021 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6025 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6026 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6032 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6035 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6037 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6039 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6040 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6041 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6042 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6046 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6047 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6051 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6052 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6054 #if defined USE_LUCID
6055 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6056 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6057 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6060 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6062 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6064 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6066 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6067 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6069 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6070 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6071 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6074 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6075 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6078 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6079 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6083 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6084 source area was obscured or not
6086 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6090 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6091 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6092 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6094 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6097 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6100 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6101 source area was completely
6106 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6107 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6110 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6113 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6114 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6115 the frame was deleted. */
6117 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6118 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6119 display that won't ever be seen. */
6120 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6121 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6122 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6123 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6124 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6125 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6126 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6127 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6129 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6131 bufp
->kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6132 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6142 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6143 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6144 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6147 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6148 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6149 frame is visible. */
6150 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6153 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
6154 the frame's display structures.
6155 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6156 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6157 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6158 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6159 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6160 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6162 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6163 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6164 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6168 bufp
->kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6169 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6175 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6176 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6177 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6178 to update the frame titles
6179 in case this is the second frame. */
6180 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6186 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6187 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6188 if (popup_activated ())
6192 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6194 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6196 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6197 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6200 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6203 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6204 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6205 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6207 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6209 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6210 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6213 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6217 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6218 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6219 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6222 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6223 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6224 status_return even if the input is too long to
6225 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6226 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6227 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6228 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6229 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6230 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6231 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6233 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6236 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6237 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6238 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6240 /* This will have to go some day... */
6242 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6243 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6244 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6245 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6246 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6247 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6248 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6250 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6251 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6252 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6253 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6254 not it is combined with Meta. */
6255 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6256 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6261 Status status_return
;
6263 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6264 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6265 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6266 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6268 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6270 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6271 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6272 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6273 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6274 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6277 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6278 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6279 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6280 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6281 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6282 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6283 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6284 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6286 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6288 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6289 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6290 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6293 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6299 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6301 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6306 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6307 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6311 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6312 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6315 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6316 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6320 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6326 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6327 translations to characters. */
6328 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6329 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6331 bufp
->kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6332 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
6333 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6336 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6338 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6343 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6344 else if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6345 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6349 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6350 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6351 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6352 bufp
->code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6353 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6356 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6358 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6363 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6364 else if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6365 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6366 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6367 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6368 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6370 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6371 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6373 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6374 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6375 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6376 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6377 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6378 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6380 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6381 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6383 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6384 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6392 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6393 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6395 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6396 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6398 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6399 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6401 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6402 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6404 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6405 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6407 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6408 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6410 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6411 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6413 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6414 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6416 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6417 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6419 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6420 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6421 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6422 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6423 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6424 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6426 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6427 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6430 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6432 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6433 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6434 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6435 don't have real modifiers but
6436 should be treated similarly to
6437 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6438 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6439 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6441 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6442 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6446 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
6448 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = keysym
;
6449 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6451 bufp
->kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6452 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
6453 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6456 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6458 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6463 else if (numchars
> nbytes
)
6464 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6469 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6470 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6471 we used just above and the locale. */
6472 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6473 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6474 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6475 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6476 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6477 gives us composition information. */
6478 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6480 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6482 if (temp_index
== (sizeof temp_buffer
6485 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = copy_bufptr
[i
];
6489 /* Decode the input data. */
6493 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6494 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6495 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6496 /* We explicitly disable composition
6497 handling because key data should
6498 not contain any composition
6500 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6501 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
,
6503 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6504 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6508 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6509 character events. */
6510 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6512 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6513 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6515 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6518 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6519 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6520 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6522 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6525 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6527 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6534 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6544 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6545 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6554 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6555 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6566 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6569 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6572 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6575 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6577 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6578 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6580 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6582 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6583 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6586 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6587 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6590 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6591 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6592 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6593 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6601 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6604 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6614 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6617 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6621 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6624 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6626 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6627 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6628 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6629 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6632 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6633 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6634 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6635 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6636 if (any_help_event_p
)
6641 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6642 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6643 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
6644 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6645 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6655 n
= x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, bufp
, numchars
);
6658 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6666 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6667 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6670 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6671 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6672 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6674 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6676 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6678 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6679 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6685 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6686 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6690 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6691 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6694 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6695 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6696 will be selected iff it is active. */
6697 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6698 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6699 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6702 bufp
->kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6703 bufp
->frame_or_window
= window
;
6705 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
6710 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6714 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6715 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6716 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6717 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6720 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6721 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6723 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6724 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6725 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6728 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6729 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6730 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6731 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6737 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6741 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6742 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo_string
, frame
,
6743 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
6745 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
6751 case ConfigureNotify
:
6752 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6755 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6757 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6758 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6759 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6760 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6761 do this one, the right one will come later.
6762 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6763 need to reset it below. */
6765 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6766 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6767 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6768 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6773 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6774 is called by the code that handles resizing
6775 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6777 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6778 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6779 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6780 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6781 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6782 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6783 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6785 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6786 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6787 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6789 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6792 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6793 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6796 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6797 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6798 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6799 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6802 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6803 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6804 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6806 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6807 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6808 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6812 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6813 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6816 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6818 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6819 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6820 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6821 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6829 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6830 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6831 struct input_event emacs_event
;
6834 emacs_event
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
6835 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6837 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6839 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6840 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6842 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6846 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6847 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6848 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6851 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6852 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6854 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6855 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6857 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6858 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6860 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6861 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6862 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6868 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6869 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6871 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6872 if (! popup_activated ())
6874 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &event
, f
);
6879 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6880 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6881 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6883 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6884 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6886 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6888 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
6889 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6891 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6893 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
6894 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6897 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6899 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6900 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6901 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6902 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6903 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6909 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6912 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6914 if (numchars
>= 1 && emacs_event
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6916 bcopy (&emacs_event
, bufp
, sizeof (struct input_event
));
6922 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6923 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6924 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6925 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6926 Instead, save it away
6927 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6928 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6931 ! popup_activated ()
6934 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6935 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6936 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6937 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6938 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6939 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6940 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6941 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6943 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6944 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6946 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6949 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6951 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6955 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6956 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6957 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6959 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6961 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6962 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6963 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6968 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6971 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6975 case CirculateNotify
:
6978 case CirculateRequest
:
6981 case VisibilityNotify
:
6985 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6987 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6989 case MappingModifier
:
6990 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6991 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6992 case MappingKeyboard
:
6993 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6999 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7001 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7002 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7004 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7011 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7015 *numcharsp
= numchars
;
7022 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7023 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7024 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7026 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7028 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7032 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7033 struct input_event bufp
[10];
7034 struct input_event
*bufpp
;
7036 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7038 for (bufpp
= bufp
; bufpp
!= bufp
+ 10; bufpp
++)
7039 EVENT_INIT (*bufpp
);
7042 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7047 events
= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
7052 for (i
= 0; i
< events
; ++i
)
7053 kbd_buffer_store_event (&bufp
[i
]);
7060 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7061 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7062 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7064 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
7065 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
7066 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7067 thus pretending to be `read'.
7069 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7072 XTread_socket (bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
7073 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
7074 /* register */ int numchars
;
7079 int event_found
= 0;
7080 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7082 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7084 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7088 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7091 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7092 input_signal_count
++;
7095 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
7099 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7100 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7101 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7103 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7105 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7106 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7107 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7108 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7109 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7110 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7113 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7114 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7115 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7116 for X connections. */
7119 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7121 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7122 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7123 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7124 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7126 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7130 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7131 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7133 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7134 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7139 count
+= x_session_check_input (bufp
, &numchars
);
7144 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7148 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7151 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7152 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7157 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
,
7163 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7166 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7171 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7172 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7173 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7174 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7176 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7177 from all displays. */
7179 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7181 current_count
= count
;
7182 current_numcharsp
= &numchars
;
7183 current_bufp
= &bufp
;
7185 gtk_main_iteration ();
7187 count
= current_count
;
7189 current_numcharsp
= 0;
7191 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7194 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7198 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7199 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7202 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7203 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7204 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7206 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7210 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7211 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7213 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7215 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7216 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7220 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7222 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7223 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7225 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7226 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7237 /***********************************************************************
7239 ***********************************************************************/
7241 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7242 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7244 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7245 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7246 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7249 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
)
7251 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7254 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7255 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7256 int window_y
, window_width
;
7258 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7260 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7261 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7262 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7263 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7264 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7266 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7270 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7273 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7275 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7277 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7278 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7279 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7282 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7285 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7286 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7287 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7288 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7291 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7292 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7293 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7295 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7296 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7297 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7298 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7299 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7301 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7303 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7304 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7306 /* Compute the proper height and ascent of the rectangle, based
7307 on the actual glyph. Using the full height of the row looks
7308 bad when there are tall images on that row. */
7309 h
= max (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), cursor_glyph
->ascent
+ cursor_glyph
->descent
);
7310 if (h
< row
->height
)
7311 y
+= row
->ascent
/* - w->phys_cursor_ascent */ + cursor_glyph
->descent
- h
;
7314 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7315 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7316 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7317 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7318 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7320 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7321 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7322 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7324 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7325 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7326 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7327 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7331 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7333 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7334 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7335 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7339 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7341 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7343 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7345 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7346 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7348 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7349 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7351 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7352 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7355 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7356 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7357 the bar might not be in the window. */
7358 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7360 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7361 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7362 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7366 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7367 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7368 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7369 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7370 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7373 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7374 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7375 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7376 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7377 that the glyph is legible. */
7378 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7379 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7381 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7382 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7385 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7388 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7389 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7393 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7394 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7396 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7397 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7399 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7400 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7401 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7402 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7403 width
, row
->height
);
7405 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7406 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7407 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7408 row
->height
- width
),
7409 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7412 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7417 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7420 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7424 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7428 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7431 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7433 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7435 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7436 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7440 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7443 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7445 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7447 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7450 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7454 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7455 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7457 switch (cursor_type
)
7459 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7460 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7463 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7464 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7468 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7472 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7476 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7484 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7485 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7486 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7491 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7492 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7499 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7502 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7508 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7511 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7512 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7513 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7514 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7519 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7520 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7521 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7523 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7524 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7525 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7529 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7530 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7532 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7533 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7534 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7535 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7538 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7539 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7540 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7541 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7542 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7544 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7547 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7548 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7554 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7555 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7558 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7562 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7568 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7569 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7571 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7572 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7574 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7575 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7576 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7578 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7579 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7580 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7581 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7586 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7588 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7589 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7591 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7593 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7594 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7595 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7598 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7602 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7603 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7604 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7607 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7608 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7611 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7612 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7613 stored in x_error_message_string.
7615 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7616 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7618 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7620 void x_check_errors ();
7621 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7624 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7627 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7629 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7632 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7633 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7634 x_error_message_string
));
7636 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7637 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7642 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7645 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7646 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7650 first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7652 XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
, False
);
7654 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7658 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7659 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7660 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7663 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7667 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7670 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7671 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7674 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7675 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7678 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7681 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7684 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7687 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7690 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7693 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7696 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7697 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7698 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7699 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7702 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7706 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7710 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7713 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7718 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7719 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7720 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7721 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7722 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7725 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7726 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7729 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7730 must reestablish each time */
7731 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7736 /************************************************************************
7738 ************************************************************************/
7740 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7742 static char *error_msg
;
7744 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7745 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7746 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7749 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7751 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7755 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7756 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7759 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7761 char *error_message
;
7763 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7764 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7767 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7768 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7769 handling_signal
= 0;
7771 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7772 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7773 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7774 the original message here. */
7775 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7777 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7778 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7779 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7781 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7782 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7783 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7785 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7786 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7788 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7789 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7790 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7792 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7793 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7794 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7797 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7798 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7799 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7800 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7806 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7809 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7811 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7813 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7814 that are on the dead display. */
7815 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7817 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7819 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7820 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7821 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7822 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7823 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7824 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7827 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7828 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7829 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7830 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7831 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7832 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7834 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7835 trying to find a replacement. */
7836 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7837 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7841 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7843 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7845 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7847 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7848 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7852 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7854 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7856 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7857 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7859 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7860 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7864 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7865 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7866 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7869 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7873 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7875 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7876 original error handler. */
7878 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7879 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7880 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7881 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7885 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7886 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7889 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7893 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7894 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7896 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7900 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7901 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7902 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7905 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7910 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7911 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7915 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7917 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7918 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7919 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7920 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7923 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7925 register char *fontname
;
7927 struct font_info
*fontp
7928 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7933 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7934 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7935 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7937 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7938 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7940 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7942 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7943 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7945 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7946 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7947 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7951 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7952 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7955 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7956 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7958 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7959 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7960 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7961 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7962 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7963 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7965 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7966 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7967 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7968 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7969 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7972 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7975 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7976 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7977 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7978 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7981 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7985 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7991 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7992 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7994 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7996 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7998 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7999 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
8002 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
8003 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8007 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8008 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8011 return build_string (fontsetname
);
8015 /***********************************************************************
8017 ***********************************************************************/
8023 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8024 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8025 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8028 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8030 XPointer client_data
;
8033 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8034 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8038 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8039 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8041 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8042 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8044 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8045 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
8047 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
8048 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
8053 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8054 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8055 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8059 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8062 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8063 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8066 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8067 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8070 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8071 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8072 char *resource_name
;
8079 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8086 XIMCallback destroy
;
8089 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8090 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8093 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8094 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8095 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8101 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8102 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8106 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8110 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8111 char *resource_name
;
8114 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8115 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8116 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8117 when the callback was registered. */
8120 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8122 XPointer client_data
;
8125 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8126 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8128 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8132 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8134 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8135 as they have no XIC. */
8136 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8138 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8141 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8143 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8146 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8147 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8149 create_frame_xic (f
);
8150 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8151 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8152 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8154 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8155 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8164 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8167 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8168 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8169 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8170 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8173 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8174 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8175 char *resource_name
;
8180 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8181 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8184 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8185 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8186 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8187 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8188 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8189 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8190 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8191 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8192 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8193 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8194 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8195 least, hence the configure test. */
8196 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8197 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8198 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8199 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8200 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8204 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8205 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8209 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8212 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8213 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8218 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8219 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8220 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8222 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8223 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8224 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8225 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8226 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8227 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8229 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8232 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8236 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8237 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8240 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8244 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8245 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8248 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8249 is already for the top-left corner. */
8250 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8253 this_window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8255 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
8256 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8257 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8258 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8263 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8266 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8267 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8269 /* From-window, to-window. */
8271 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
8273 /* From-position, to-position. */
8274 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8278 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
8280 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
8281 Window
*newchildren
;
8282 unsigned int nchildren
;
8284 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
8285 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
8288 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
8290 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
8296 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
8300 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8301 position that fits on the screen. */
8302 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8303 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8304 - 2 * f
->border_width
- win_x
8305 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8309 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8311 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8312 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8313 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8315 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8316 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8317 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8318 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8321 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8322 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8324 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8327 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8328 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8329 - 2 * f
->border_width
8335 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8336 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8337 so the flags should correspond. */
8338 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8341 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8342 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8343 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8344 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8345 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8348 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8350 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8353 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8355 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8359 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8361 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8363 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8364 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8366 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8369 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8371 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8372 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8374 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
8375 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
8376 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
8377 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
8378 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8380 modified_left
+= f
->border_width
;
8381 modified_top
+= f
->border_width
;
8385 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8387 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8388 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8389 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8390 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8391 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8394 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8395 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8397 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8398 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8400 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8401 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8402 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8408 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8409 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8411 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8414 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8416 int width
, height
, ign
;
8418 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8420 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8422 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8423 when setting WM manager hints.
8424 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8425 x_check_expected_move. */
8426 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8428 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8429 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8430 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8432 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8433 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8438 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8440 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8441 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8442 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8443 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8445 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8448 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8450 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8451 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8453 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8455 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8456 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8457 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8459 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8461 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8462 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8464 /* Just do this once */
8465 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8470 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8471 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8472 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8473 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8476 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8481 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8483 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8484 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8485 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8487 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8488 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8489 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8491 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8493 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8494 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8496 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8497 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8499 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8500 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8501 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8503 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8504 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8505 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8506 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8508 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8509 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8510 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8511 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8512 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8514 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8516 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8517 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8518 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8520 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8521 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8522 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8523 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8524 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8526 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8530 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8531 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8532 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8533 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8536 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8544 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8545 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8547 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8550 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8552 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8553 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8554 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8555 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8556 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8557 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8558 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8559 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8560 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8563 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8565 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8567 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8569 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8571 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8572 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8574 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8575 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8576 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8577 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8578 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8583 /* Mouse warping. */
8586 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8592 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8593 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8595 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8596 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8598 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8599 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8603 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8604 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8608 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8611 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8617 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8618 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8622 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8625 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8628 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8632 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8633 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8634 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8635 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8636 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8645 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8646 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8647 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8648 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8652 /* Raise frame F. */
8658 if (f
->async_visible
)
8661 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8662 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8667 /* Lower frame F. */
8673 if (f
->async_visible
)
8676 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8677 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8683 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8693 /* Change of visibility. */
8695 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8696 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8697 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8698 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8699 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8700 finishes with it. */
8703 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8707 int original_top
, original_left
;
8708 int retry_count
= 2;
8714 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8716 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8718 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8720 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8721 call x_set_offset a second time
8722 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8723 before the window gets really visible. */
8724 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8725 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8726 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8728 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8730 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8731 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8732 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8733 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8734 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8735 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8737 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8738 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8740 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8741 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8742 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8743 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8744 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8745 to come back ok without this. */
8746 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8747 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8751 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8753 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8754 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8755 so that incoming events are handled. */
8759 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8760 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8761 will set it when they are handled. */
8762 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8764 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8765 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8767 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8770 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8772 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8773 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8774 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8775 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8777 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8778 because the window manager may choose the position
8779 and we don't want to override it. */
8781 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8782 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8783 && previously_visible
)
8787 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8791 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8792 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8793 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8794 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8795 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8796 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8797 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8798 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8799 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8801 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8802 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8803 original_left
, original_top
);
8808 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8810 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8811 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8812 MapNotify at all.. */
8813 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8814 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8816 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8819 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8820 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8821 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8822 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8823 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8825 if (input_polling_used ())
8827 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8828 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8829 handler reset it. */
8830 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8831 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8832 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8833 poll_for_input_1 ();
8834 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8837 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8838 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8843 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8847 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8848 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8849 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8850 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8852 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8857 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8859 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8862 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8867 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8868 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8870 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8871 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8872 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8874 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8875 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8881 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8882 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8883 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8884 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8885 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8886 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8889 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8890 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8896 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8897 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8899 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8900 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8902 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8904 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8905 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8909 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8910 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8911 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8912 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8913 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8914 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8916 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8919 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8920 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8924 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8925 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8926 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8929 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8930 just by the event that we get from the server.
8931 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8932 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8933 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8935 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8936 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8937 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8944 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8953 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8954 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8955 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8957 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8962 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8964 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8966 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8969 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8971 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8972 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8974 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8977 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8978 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8984 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8986 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8988 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8989 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8990 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8991 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8992 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8993 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8994 so we have to record it here. */
8997 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8998 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9003 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9004 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9005 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9009 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9011 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9012 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9016 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9018 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9020 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9021 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9022 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9023 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9025 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9026 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9028 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9029 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9033 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9034 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9035 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9036 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9037 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9039 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9040 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9042 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9045 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9046 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9050 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9052 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9054 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9056 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9057 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9060 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9061 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9063 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9065 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9069 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9072 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9075 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9077 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9081 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9082 commands to the X server. */
9083 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9085 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9086 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9088 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9089 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9090 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9091 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9092 toolkit scroll bars. */
9093 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9095 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9096 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9105 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9106 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9108 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9109 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9111 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9112 we are using a toolkit. */
9113 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9114 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9116 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9117 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9120 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9121 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9122 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9124 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9125 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9126 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9128 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9130 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9131 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9132 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9134 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9135 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9136 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9137 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9138 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9139 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9141 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9142 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9143 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9144 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9145 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9146 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9147 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9148 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9149 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9150 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9151 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9152 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9153 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9154 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9155 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9157 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9158 free_frame_faces (f
);
9161 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9164 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9165 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9167 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9168 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9170 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9171 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9172 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9173 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9174 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9175 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9177 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9179 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9180 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9181 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9182 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9183 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9184 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9185 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9192 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9195 x_destroy_window (f
)
9198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9200 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9201 commands to the X server. */
9202 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9203 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9205 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9209 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9211 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9212 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9213 that the window now has.
9214 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9215 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9216 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9220 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9225 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9227 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9230 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9233 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9235 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9236 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9238 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9239 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9241 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9242 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9243 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9244 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9245 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9246 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9247 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9248 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9249 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9250 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9252 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9253 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9254 size_hints
.max_width
9255 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9256 size_hints
.max_height
9257 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9259 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9261 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9262 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9263 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9265 int base_width
, base_height
;
9266 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9268 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9269 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9271 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9273 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9274 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9275 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9276 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9277 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9279 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9280 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9281 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9284 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9285 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9286 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9287 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9288 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9290 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9291 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9295 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9298 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9301 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9304 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9305 long supplied_return
;
9309 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9312 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9315 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9316 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9317 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9318 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9319 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9323 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9328 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9329 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9330 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9331 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9332 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9333 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9334 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9335 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9339 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9344 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9345 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9349 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9350 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9352 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9355 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9357 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9360 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9362 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9365 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9369 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9372 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9373 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9374 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9375 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9377 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9378 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9380 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9381 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9385 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9389 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9391 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9392 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9397 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9398 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9399 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9400 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9404 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9405 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9406 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9407 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9408 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9409 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9410 best to explicitly give up. */
9412 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9413 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9419 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9423 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9424 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9425 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9426 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9429 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9431 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9432 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9434 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9438 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9442 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9444 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9445 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9446 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9448 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9452 /***********************************************************************
9454 ***********************************************************************/
9456 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9459 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9463 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9467 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9469 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9472 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9474 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9475 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9476 on how many fonts to match. */
9479 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9481 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9485 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9486 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9487 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9488 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9489 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9490 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9492 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9496 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9500 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9501 if (NILP (patterns
))
9502 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9504 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9505 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9506 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9508 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9511 char **names
= NULL
;
9513 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9514 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9515 The cache is an alist of the form:
9516 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9517 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9518 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9519 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9520 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9523 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9524 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9528 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9531 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9533 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9536 unsigned long value
;
9538 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9539 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9541 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9542 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9544 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9548 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9550 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9551 int len
= strlen (name
);
9554 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9555 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9556 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9558 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9562 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9563 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9565 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9566 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9571 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9574 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9577 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9579 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9580 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9587 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9588 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9591 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9600 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9603 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9605 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9606 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9608 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9612 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9619 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9620 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9621 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9625 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9627 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9628 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9629 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9630 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9631 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9632 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9637 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9639 else if (dashes
== 9)
9641 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9642 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9645 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9646 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9648 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9649 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9651 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9652 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9653 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9655 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9656 width of this font. */
9657 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9659 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9660 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9665 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9668 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9673 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9674 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9675 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9678 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9680 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9681 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9682 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9688 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9692 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9696 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9698 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9699 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9700 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9703 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9704 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9705 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9706 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9708 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9709 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9711 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9713 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9719 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9721 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9723 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9727 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9728 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9729 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9730 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9733 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9734 if (found_size
== size
)
9735 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9736 else if (found_size
> 0)
9738 if (NILP (second_best
))
9740 else if (found_size
< size
)
9742 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9743 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9748 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9749 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9754 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9756 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9758 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9769 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9773 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9778 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9780 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9782 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9783 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9784 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9787 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9790 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9792 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9793 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9794 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9795 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9796 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9799 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9803 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9804 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9806 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9807 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9808 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9810 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9814 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9815 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9816 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9817 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9818 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9821 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9825 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9827 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9828 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9830 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9831 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9833 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9834 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9836 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9839 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9840 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9841 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9843 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9844 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9847 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9848 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9850 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9851 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9852 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9856 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9857 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9858 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9859 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9862 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9864 register char *fontname
;
9867 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9868 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9871 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9872 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9873 we already have by comparing names. */
9874 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9876 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9881 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9882 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9883 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9884 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9885 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9886 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9887 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9888 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9891 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9895 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9896 unsigned long value
;
9899 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9900 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9901 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9902 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9903 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9904 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9905 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9908 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9909 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9910 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9912 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9913 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9915 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9917 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9922 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9923 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9924 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9927 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9928 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9929 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9932 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9933 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9935 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9938 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9939 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9942 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9944 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9946 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9947 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9948 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9950 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9952 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9954 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9958 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9959 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9961 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9972 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9973 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9980 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9982 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9984 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9985 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9987 if (NILP (font_names
))
9989 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9990 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9991 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9992 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9993 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9994 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9997 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9999 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10000 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10002 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10005 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
10007 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10009 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10010 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10012 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10016 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
10017 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10018 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10019 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10020 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10021 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
10022 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10023 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10025 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10027 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10028 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10029 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10030 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10031 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10033 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10034 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10035 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10036 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10037 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10038 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10039 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10040 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10041 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10042 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10043 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10044 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10045 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10047 fontp
->baseline_offset
10048 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10049 ? (long) value
: 0);
10050 fontp
->relative_compose
10051 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10052 ? (long) value
: 0);
10053 fontp
->default_ascent
10054 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10055 ? (long) value
: 0);
10057 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10058 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10059 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10060 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10061 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10062 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10069 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10070 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10073 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10075 register char *fontname
;
10077 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10080 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10081 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10082 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10083 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10084 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10089 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10090 `encoder' of the structure. */
10093 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10094 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10096 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10099 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10103 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10104 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10106 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10113 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10114 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10116 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10119 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10125 /***********************************************************************
10127 ***********************************************************************/
10129 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10130 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10131 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10132 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10134 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10135 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10136 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10138 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10139 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10140 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10141 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10142 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10143 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10144 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10148 static int x_initialized
;
10150 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10151 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10152 the screen number from the server number. */
10154 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10155 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10157 int seen_colon
= 0;
10158 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10159 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10160 int length_until_period
= 0;
10162 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10163 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10164 length_until_period
++;
10166 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10167 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10169 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10171 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10172 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10173 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10174 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10175 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10176 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10177 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10178 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10179 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10180 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10181 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10182 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10183 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10184 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10186 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10190 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10194 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10195 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10199 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10200 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10203 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10204 unsigned long mask
;
10211 while (!(mask
& 1))
10227 struct x_display_info
*
10228 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10229 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10231 char *resource_name
;
10235 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10240 if (!x_initialized
)
10248 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10250 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10251 char **argv2
= argv
;
10254 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10256 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10257 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10258 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10259 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10260 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10264 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10268 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10270 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10272 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10273 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10276 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10277 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10280 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10283 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10285 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10289 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10291 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10292 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10294 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10296 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10297 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10298 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10300 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10301 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10302 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10304 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10305 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10310 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10311 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10314 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10315 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10316 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10318 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10319 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10320 So let's not use it until R6. */
10321 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10322 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10333 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10334 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10336 turn_on_atimers (0);
10337 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10338 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10339 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10341 turn_on_atimers (1);
10343 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10344 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10349 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10351 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10353 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10354 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10355 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10357 /* Detect failure. */
10364 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10366 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10367 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10369 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10371 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10374 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10375 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10376 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10377 SDATA (display_name
)))
10380 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10383 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10384 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10385 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10387 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10389 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10390 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10391 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10395 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10396 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10397 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10398 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10399 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10400 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10401 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10403 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10407 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10408 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10409 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10411 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10412 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10413 x_display_name_list
);
10414 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10416 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10419 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10423 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10424 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10426 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10427 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10429 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10430 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10432 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10434 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10435 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10436 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10438 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10439 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10441 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10442 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10443 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10444 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10446 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10448 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10450 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10452 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10453 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10454 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10455 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10456 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10457 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10458 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10459 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10460 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10461 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10462 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10463 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10464 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10465 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10466 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10467 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10468 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10469 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10470 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10471 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10472 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10473 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10474 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10475 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10476 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10477 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10478 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10479 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10480 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10481 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10482 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10483 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10484 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10486 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10487 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10488 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10490 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10492 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10493 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10494 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10495 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10496 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10497 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10500 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10501 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10503 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10506 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10507 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10508 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10510 if (STRINGP (value
)
10511 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10512 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10513 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10517 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10518 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10521 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10522 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10523 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10524 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10525 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10526 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10527 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10530 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10531 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10532 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10533 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10534 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10535 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10536 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10537 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10538 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10539 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10540 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10541 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10542 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10543 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10544 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10545 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10546 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10547 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10548 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10549 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10550 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10551 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10552 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10553 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10554 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10555 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10556 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10557 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10558 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10559 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10560 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10561 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10562 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10563 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10564 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10565 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10566 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10567 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10568 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10569 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10570 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10571 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10572 /* For properties of font. */
10573 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10574 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10575 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10576 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10577 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10578 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10579 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10580 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10582 /* Ghostscript support. */
10583 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10584 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10586 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10589 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10591 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10592 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10597 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10599 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10600 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10601 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10606 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10607 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10609 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10611 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10612 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10616 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10619 #ifdef subprocesses
10620 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10621 if (connection
!= 0)
10622 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10625 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10627 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10628 /* stdin is a socket here */
10629 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10630 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10631 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10632 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10633 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10634 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10637 if (interrupt_input
)
10638 init_sigio (connection
);
10639 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10642 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10643 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10644 so that Xt does not crash. */
10646 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10647 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10651 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10652 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10653 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10654 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10655 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10656 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10657 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10658 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10660 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10661 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10662 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10667 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10668 for debugging X code. */
10671 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10672 build_string ("synchronous"),
10673 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10675 if (STRINGP (value
)
10676 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10677 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10678 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10683 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10684 build_string ("useXIM"),
10685 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10688 if (STRINGP (value
)
10689 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10690 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10693 if (STRINGP (value
)
10694 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10695 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10701 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10702 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10703 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10711 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10712 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10715 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10716 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10720 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10722 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10723 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10724 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10725 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10726 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10731 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10732 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10734 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10736 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10739 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10743 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10744 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10746 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10747 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10750 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10752 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10753 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10754 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10757 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10758 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10759 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10762 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10763 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10764 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10768 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10771 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10772 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10773 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10775 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10776 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10777 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10780 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10781 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10783 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10784 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10785 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10789 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10791 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10792 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10793 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10794 that slows us down. */
10797 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10798 struct atimer
*timer
;
10800 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10803 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10804 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10809 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10812 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10814 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10816 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10818 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10822 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10824 x_after_update_window_line
,
10825 x_update_window_begin
,
10826 x_update_window_end
,
10832 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10834 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10835 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10836 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10837 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10840 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10841 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10842 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10843 x_clear_frame_area
,
10844 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10845 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10846 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10852 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10853 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10854 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10855 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10856 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10857 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10858 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10859 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10860 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10861 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10862 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10863 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10864 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10865 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10866 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10867 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10868 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10869 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10871 x_display_method
.rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10872 x_display_method
.scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10873 x_display_method
.char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10874 x_display_method
.line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10875 x_display_method
.fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10876 x_display_method
.memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls off the
10881 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10882 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10884 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10885 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10887 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10888 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10890 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10892 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10893 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10894 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10895 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10896 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10897 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10898 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10900 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10902 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10903 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10904 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10905 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10906 widgets don't behave normally. */
10908 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10909 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10910 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10914 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10916 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10917 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10921 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10922 original error handler. */
10923 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10924 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10926 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10928 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10929 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10931 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10938 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10939 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10941 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10942 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10944 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10945 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10947 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10948 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10950 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10951 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10952 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10953 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10955 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10956 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10958 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10959 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10960 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10961 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10962 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10963 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10964 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10966 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10967 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10968 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10969 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10970 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10972 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10973 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10974 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10976 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10978 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10981 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10984 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10985 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10987 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10988 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10989 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10990 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10991 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10992 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10993 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10994 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10995 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10997 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10998 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10999 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11000 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11001 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11002 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11004 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11005 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11006 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11007 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11008 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11009 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11011 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11012 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11013 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11014 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11015 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11016 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11018 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11019 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11020 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11021 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11022 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11023 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11025 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11026 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11027 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11028 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11029 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11033 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11035 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11036 (do not change this comment) */